blob: a5c3e8dcf7f349badd7295f261ea3dcf7a51c748 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010038who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
39maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
143 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
144 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
145 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
146 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
147 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
148 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
153 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000156 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /cpu CPU specific files
158 /lib Architecture specific library files
159 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
160 /cpu CPU specific files
161 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
162 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
163 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
164 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
165 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
167 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200172 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800173 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500174 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000175 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500179 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200182 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500183 /cpu CPU specific files
184 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
189 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
190 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
191 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
193 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
196 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
197 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
198 /lib Architecture specific library files
199 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
200 /cpu CPU specific files
201 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
202 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
210/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
211/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
212/include Header Files
213/lib Files generic to all architectures
214 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
215 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
216 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
217/net Networking code
218/post Power On Self Test
219/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
220/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000221
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222Software Configuration:
223=======================
224
225Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
226rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
227
228There are two classes of configuration variables:
229
230* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
231 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
232 "CONFIG_".
233
234* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
235 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
236 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200237 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
239Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
240identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
241do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
242links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
243as an example here.
244
245
246Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
247---------------------------------------------------
248
249For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
250configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
251
252Example: For a TQM823L module type:
253
254 cd u-boot
255 make TQM823L_config
256
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200257For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000258e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
259directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
260
261
262Configuration Options:
263----------------------
264
265Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
266such information is kept in a configuration file
267"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
270"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
271
272
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000273Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
274kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
275build a config tool - later.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278The following options need to be configured:
279
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500280- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000281
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500282- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200283
284- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100285 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000286
287- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
288 Define exactly one of
289 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
290--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
292 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
293
294- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
295 Define exactly one of
296 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
297
298- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
299 Define one or more of
300 CONFIG_CMA302
301
302- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
303 Define one or more of
304 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200305 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000306 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
307
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000308- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
309 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
310 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200311 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
312 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
314 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000315
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530316- Marvell Family Member
317 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
318 multiple fs option at one time
319 for marvell soc family
320
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000321- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000322 Define exactly one of
323 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000324
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200325- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000326 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
327 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000328 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
329 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000330 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
331 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000333- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200334 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000336 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000337 See doc/README.MPC866
338
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200339 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000340
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000341 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
342 of relying on the correctness of the configured
343 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
344 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
345 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000347
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100348 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
349
350 Define this option if you want to enable the
351 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
352
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600353- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000354 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
355
356 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
357 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
358 compliance, among other possible reasons.
359
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600360 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
361
362 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
363 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
364 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
365
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
367
368 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
369 tree nodes for the given platform.
370
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
372
373 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
374 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
375 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
376 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
377 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
378 purpose.
379
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
381
382 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
383 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
385
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
388
389 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
390 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
391
392 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
393 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
394 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
395 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
396
397 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
398 this erratum.
399
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530400 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
401 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
402 requred during NOR boot.
403
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
405
406 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
407 according to the A004510 workaround.
408
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530409 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
410 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
411 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
412
413 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
414 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
415
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000416- Generic CPU options:
417 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
418
419 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
420 values is arch specific.
421
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100422- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200423 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100424
425 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
426 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
427 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200430
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100431 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200433 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100434 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200435
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200436- MIPS CPU options:
437 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
438
439 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
440 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
441 relocation.
442
443 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
444
445 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
446 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
447 Possible values are:
448 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
450 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
451 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
452 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
453 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
458
459 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
460 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
461
462 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
463
464 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
465 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
466 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
467
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000468- ARM options:
469 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
470
471 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
472 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
473
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000474 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
475
476 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
477 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
478 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
479 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
480 GCC.
481
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000482 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000483 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
484 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
485 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
486
487 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
488 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
489 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
490 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
491 set these options unless they apply!
492
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000493- CPU timer options:
494 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
495
496 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
497 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
498 option must be set to 1000.
499
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000500- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000501 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
502
503 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
504 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
505 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
506 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
507 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
508 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
509 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000510 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100511 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000512 default environment.
513
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000514 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
515
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200516 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000517 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
518 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
519
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400520 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200521
522 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400523 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
524 concepts).
525
526 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
527 * New libfdt-based support
528 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500529 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400530
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200531 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
532 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
533 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
534 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200535 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600536 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200537
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200538 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
539 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500540
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600541 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
542
543 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
544 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000545
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500546 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
547
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200548 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500549 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
550
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200551 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
552
553 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
554 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
555 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
556 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
557 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
558 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
559
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000560 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
561
562 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
563 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
564 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
565 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
566 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
567 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
568 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
569
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100570- vxWorks boot parameters:
571
572 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
573 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
574 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
577 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
578 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
579 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
580
581 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
582
583 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
584
585 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
586 the defaults discussed just above.
587
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000588- Cache Configuration:
589 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
590 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
591 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
592
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000593- Cache Configuration for ARM:
594 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
595 controller
596 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
597 controller register space
598
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000599- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200600 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000601
602 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
603
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200604 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000605
606 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
607
608 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
609
610 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
611 the clock speed of the UARTs.
612
613 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
614
615 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
616 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
617 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
618
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000619 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
620
621 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
622 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
623 this variable to initialize the extra register.
624
625 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
626
627 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
628 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
629 variable to flush the UART at init time.
630
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000631
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000632- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000633 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
634 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
635 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
636 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000637
638 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
639 port routines must be defined elsewhere
640 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
641
642 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
643 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000644 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000645 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
646 (default big endian)
647 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
648 rectangle fill
649 (cf. smiLynxEM)
650 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
651 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
652 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
653 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000654 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
655 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
657 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000658 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000659 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
660 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
661 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
662 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
663 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
664 (i.e. i8042_getc)
665 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
666 (requires blink timer
667 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200668 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000669 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
670 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500671 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
673 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000674 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
675 linux_logo.h for logo.
676 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200678 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000679 the logo
680
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000681 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
682 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
683 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
684
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000685 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
686 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
687 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000688
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000689 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
690 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
691 the "silent" environment variable. See
692 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000693
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000694- Console Baudrate:
695 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
696 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200697 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
698 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000699
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100700- Console Rx buffer length
701 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
702 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100703 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100704 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
705 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
706 the SMC.
707
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000708- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200709 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
710 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
711 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
712 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
713 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
714 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
715 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200716 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200717 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000718
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200719 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
720 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000721
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000722- Safe printf() functions
723 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
724 the printf() functions. These are defined in
725 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
726 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
727 If this option is not given then these functions will
728 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
729 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
730
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
732 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
733 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000734 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
735 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736
737 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
738 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
739 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
740 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
741 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
742 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
743 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
744 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
745 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
746 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
747 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
748 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
749
750- Autoboot Command:
751 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
752 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
753 define a command string that is automatically executed
754 when no character is read on the console interface
755 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
756
757 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
759 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
760 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000761
762 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000763 The value of these goes into the environment as
764 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
765 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200766 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767
768- Pre-Boot Commands:
769 CONFIG_PREBOOT
770
771 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
772 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
773 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
774 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
775 entering interactive mode.
776
777 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
778 automatically generated or modified. For an example
779 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
780 modified when the user holds down a certain
781 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
782 booting the systems
783
784- Serial Download Echo Mode:
785 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
786 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
787 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
788 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
789 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
790 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
791 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
792
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000794 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
795 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200796 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797
798- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500799 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
800 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000801 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
802 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500803 and augmenting with additional #define's
804 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000805
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500806 The default command configuration includes all commands
807 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
811 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
812 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
813 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
814 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
815 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
816 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500817 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500818 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
819 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
820 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600821 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
822 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
823 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
824 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
826 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500827 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
829 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600830 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600831 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000833 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
834 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500835 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500836 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500838 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
839 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
840 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200841 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000842 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000844 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000845 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500846 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
847 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
848 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
849 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000850 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200851 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500853 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000854 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
856 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
857 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
858 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200859 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
861 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
863 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200864 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400865 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000868 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200869 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500870 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
871 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
872 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100873 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500874 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
875 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200876 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600877 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000878 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
880 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
881 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
882 host
883 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000884 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500885 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
886 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000887 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500888 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
889 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
890 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
891 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
892 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
893 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700894 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200895 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400896 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800897 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200898 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500899 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000900 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000901 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000902 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
903 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500905 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000906 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200907 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000908
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909
910 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
911 support you can write:
912
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500913 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
914 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400916 Other Commands:
917 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000918
919 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000921 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
922 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
923 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
924 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
925 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
926 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
928
929 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
930
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000931- Regular expression support:
932 CONFIG_REGEX
933 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
934 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
935 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
936 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
937
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000938- Device tree:
939 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
940 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
941 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
942 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
943 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
944 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
945
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000946 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
947 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000948
949 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
950 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
951 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
952 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
953 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
954 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000955
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000956 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
957 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
958 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
959 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
960
961 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
962
963 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
964 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
965 still use the individual files if you need something more
966 exotic.
967
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000968- Watchdog:
969 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
970 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000971 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
972 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
973 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
974 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
975 available, then no further board specific code should
976 be needed to use it.
977
978 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
979 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
980 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
981 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000983- U-Boot Version:
984 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
985 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
986 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
987 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200988 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
989 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000990
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000991- Real-Time Clock:
992
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500993 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
995 following options:
996
997 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
998 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000999 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001000 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001001 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001002 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001003 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001004 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001005 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001006 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001007 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001008 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1009 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001011 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1012 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1013
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001014- GPIO Support:
1015 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1016 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1017
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001018 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1019 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1020 pins supported by a particular chip.
1021
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001022 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1023 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1024
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001025- Timestamp Support:
1026
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001027 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1028 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1029 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001030 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001031
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001032- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1033 Zero or more of the following:
1034 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1035 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1036 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1037 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1038 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1039 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1040 disk/part_efi.c
1041 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001042
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001043 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1044 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001045 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001046
1047- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001048 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1049 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001050
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001051 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1052 be performed by calling the function
1053 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1054 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001055
1056- ATAPI Support:
1057 CONFIG_ATAPI
1058
1059 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1060
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001061- LBA48 Support
1062 CONFIG_LBA48
1063
1064 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001065 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001066 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1067 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001069 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001070 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1071 Default is 32bit.
1072
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073- SCSI Support:
1074 At the moment only there is only support for the
1075 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1076 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001078 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1079 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1080 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001081 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1082 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001083 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001084
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001085 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1086 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1087
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001088- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001089 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001090 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1091
1092 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1093 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1094 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1095 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1096
1097 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1098 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1099 example with the "sspi" command.
1100
1101 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1102 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1103 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001104
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001105 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001106 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001107
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001108 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1109 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001110 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 write routine for first time initialisation.
1112
1113 CONFIG_TULIP
1114 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1115 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1116 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1117
1118 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1119 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1120
1121 CONFIG_NS8382X
1122 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1123
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001124- NETWORK Support (other):
1125
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001126 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1127 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1128
1129 CONFIG_RMII
1130 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1131
1132 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1133 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1134 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1135
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001136 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1137 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1138
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001139 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001140 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1141
1142 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1143 Define this to hold the physical address
1144 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1145
1146 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1147 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1148
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001149 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001150 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1151
1152 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1153 Define this to hold the physical address
1154 of the device (I/O space)
1155
1156 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1157 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1158
1159 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1160 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1161 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1162
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001163 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1164 Support for davinci emac
1165
1166 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1167 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1168
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001169 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1170 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1171
1172 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1173 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1174 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1175 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1176 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1177 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1178 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1179 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1180
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001181 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001182 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1183
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001184 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001185 Define this to hold the physical address
1186 of the device (I/O space)
1187
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001188 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001189 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1190
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001191 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001192 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1193 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001194 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001195
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001196 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1197 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1198
1199 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1200 Define the number of ports to be used
1201
1202 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1203 Define the ETH PHY's address
1204
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001205 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1206 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1207
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001208- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001209 CONFIG_TPM
1210 Support TPM devices.
1211
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001212 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1213 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1214 per system is supported at this time.
1215
1216 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1217 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1218
1219 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1220 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1221
1222 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1223 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1224
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001225 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1226 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1227
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001228 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001229 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1230 per system is supported at this time.
1231
1232 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1233 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1234 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1235 0xfed40000.
1236
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001237 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1238 Add tpm monitor functions.
1239 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1240 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1241
1242 CONFIG_TPM
1243 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1244 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1245 Requires support for a TPM device.
1246
1247 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1248 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1249 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1250
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001251- USB Support:
1252 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001253 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001254 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1255 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001256 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001257 storage devices.
1258 Note:
1259 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1260 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001261 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1262 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1263 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001264 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1265 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001266 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1267 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1268 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001269 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1270 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001271 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001272 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1273 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001274
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001275 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1276 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1277
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001278 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1279 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1280
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001281- USB Device:
1282 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1283 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1284 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001285 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001286 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1287 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001288 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001289 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1290 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1291 a Linux host by
1292 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1293 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1294 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1295 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001296
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001297 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1298 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001299
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001300 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1301 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1302 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001303
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301304 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1305 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1306 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1307 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1308 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1309 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1310 speed.
1311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001312 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001313 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1314 be set to usbtty.
1315
1316 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001317 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001318 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001319 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001321 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001322 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001323 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001324
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001325 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001326 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001327 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001328 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1329 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1330 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1331
1332 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1333 Define this string as the name of your company for
1334 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001335
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001336 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1337 Define this string as the name of your product
1338 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1339
1340 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1341 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1342 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1343 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1344 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001345
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001346 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1347 Define this as the unique Product ID
1348 for your device
1349 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001350
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001351- ULPI Layer Support:
1352 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1353 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1354 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1355 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1356 viewport is supported.
1357 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1358 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001359 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1360 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1361 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001362
1363- MMC Support:
1364 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1365 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1366 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1367 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001368 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1369 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001370
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001371 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1372 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1373
1374 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1375 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1376
1377 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1378 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1379
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001380- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1381 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1382 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1383
1384 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1385 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1386 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1387 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1388 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1389
1390 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1391 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1392
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001393 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1394 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1395
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001396 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1397 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1398 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1399 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1400 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1401
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001402 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1403 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1404 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1405 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1406 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1407 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1408
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001409- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1410 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1411 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1412 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001414 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1415 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001416 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001418 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001419 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1420 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1421
1422 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001423 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001424 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1425 have not defined a custom partition
1426
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001427- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1428 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001429
1430 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1431 file in FAT formatted partition.
1432
1433 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1434 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001435
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001436CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1437 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1438
1439 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1440 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1441 and cbfsload.
1442
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001443- Keyboard Support:
1444 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1445
1446 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1447 support
1448
1449 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1450 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1451 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1452 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1453 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1454
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001455 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1456 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1457 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1458 which provides key scans on request.
1459
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001460- Video support:
1461 CONFIG_VIDEO
1462
1463 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1464 video).
1465
1466 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1467
1468 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1469
1470 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001471 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001472 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1473 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1474 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001475
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001476 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001477 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001478 are possible:
1479 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001480 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001481
1482 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1483 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1484 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1485 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1486 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1487 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1488 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001489 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1490
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001491 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001492 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001493
1494
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001495 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001496 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001497 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1498 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1499
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001500 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001501 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001502 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1503 support, and should also define these other macros:
1504
1505 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1506 CONFIG_VIDEO
1507 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1508 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1509 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1510 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1511 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1512 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1513
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001514 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1515 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1516 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1517 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001518
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001519 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1520
1521 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1522 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1523 driver.
1524
1525
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001526- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001527 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001528
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001529 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1530 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1531 defined in your board-specific files.
1532 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001533
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001534- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1535
1536 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1537 display); also select one of the supported displays
1538 by defining one of these:
1539
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001540 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1541
1542 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1543
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001544 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001545
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001546 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001547
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001548 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001549
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001550 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1551 Active, color, single scan.
1552
1553 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1554
1555 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001556 Active, color, single scan.
1557
1558 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1559
1560 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1561 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1562
1563 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1564
1565 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1566 Active, color, single scan.
1567
1568 CONFIG_HLD1045
1569
1570 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1571 Active, color, single scan.
1572
1573 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1574
1575 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1576 or
1577 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1578 or
1579 Hitachi SP14Q002
1580
1581 320x240. Black & white.
1582
1583 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001584 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001585
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001586 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1587
1588 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1589 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1590 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1591 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1592 a per-section basis.
1593
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001594 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1595
1596 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1597 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1598 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1599 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001600
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001601 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1602
1603 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1604
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001605 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1606
1607 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1608 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1609
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001610- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001611
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001612 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1613 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1614 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001615 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001616 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1617 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1618 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1619 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001620
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001621 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1622
1623 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1624 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1625 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1626 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1627 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1628 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1629 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1630 there is no need to set this option.
1631
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001632 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1633
1634 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1635 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1636 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1637 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1638 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1639 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1640
1641 Example:
1642 setenv splashpos m,m
1643 => image at center of screen
1644
1645 setenv splashpos 30,20
1646 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1647
1648 setenv splashpos -10,m
1649 => vertically centered image
1650 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1651
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001652- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1653
1654 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1655 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1656 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1657
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001658- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1659
1660 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1661 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1662 bmp command.
1663
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001664- Do compresssing for memory range:
1665 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1666
1667 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1668 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1669
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001670- Compression support:
1671 CONFIG_BZIP2
1672
1673 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1674 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1675 compressed images are supported.
1676
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001677 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001678 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001679 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001680
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001681 CONFIG_LZMA
1682
1683 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1684 images is included.
1685
1686 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1687 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1688 formula:
1689
1690 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1691
1692 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1693 and Literal pos bits.
1694
1695 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1696 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1697 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1698 a very small buffer.
1699
1700 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1701 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001702 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001703
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001704- MII/PHY support:
1705 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1706
1707 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1708
1709 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1710
1711 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1712
1713 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1714
1715 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001716 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001717
1718 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1719
1720 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1721 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1722 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1723 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1724
1725 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1726
1727 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1728 command issued before MII status register can be read
1729
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001730- Ethernet address:
1731 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001732 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001733 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1734 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001735 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1736 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001737
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001738 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1739 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740 is not determined automatically.
1741
1742- IP address:
1743 CONFIG_IPADDR
1744
1745 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001746 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001747 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001748 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001749
1750- Server IP address:
1751 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1752
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001753 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001754 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001755 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001757 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1758
1759 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1760 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1761
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001762- Gateway IP address:
1763 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1764
1765 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1766 default router where packets to other networks are
1767 sent to.
1768 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1769
1770- Subnet mask:
1771 CONFIG_NETMASK
1772
1773 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1774 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1775 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1776 forwarded through a router.
1777 (Environment variable "netmask")
1778
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001779- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1780 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1781
1782 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1783 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001784 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001785 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1786 multicast group.
1787
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001788- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1789 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1790
1791 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1792 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1793 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1794 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1795 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1796 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1797 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1798 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001799 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001800
1801 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1802 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1803 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1804 4th and following
1805 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1806
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001807- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001808 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1809 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001810
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001811 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1812 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1813 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1814 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1815 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1816 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1817 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1818 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1819 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1820 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1821 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1822 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001823 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001824
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001825 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1826 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001827
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001828 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1829 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1830 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1831 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1832 is not available.
1833
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001834 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1835 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1836 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1837 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1838 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1839 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1840 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001841 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001842
1843 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1844 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1845 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001846 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001847 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1848 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001849
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001850 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1851
1852 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1853 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1854 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1855 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1856 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1857 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1858 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1859 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1860 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1861 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1862 this delay.
1863
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001864 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1865 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1866 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1867 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1868 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1869
1870 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1871
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001872 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001873 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001874
1875 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1876
1877 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1878
1879 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1880 of the device.
1881
1882 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1883
1884 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1885 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001886 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001887
1888 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1889
1890 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1891 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1892
1893 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1894
1895 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1896
1897 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1898
1899 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1900
1901 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1902
1903 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1904
1905 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1906
1907 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1908 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1909
1910 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1911
1912 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001914- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1915
1916 Several configurations allow to display the current
1917 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1918 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1919 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1920 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1921 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1922 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1923 feature in U-Boot.
1924
1925- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1926
1927 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1928 on those systems that support this (optional)
1929 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1930
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001931- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001932
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001933 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1934 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1935 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1936 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1937 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1938 interface.
1939
1940 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001941 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1942 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1943 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1944 for defining speed and slave address
1945 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1946 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1947 for defining speed and slave address
1948 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1949 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1950 for defining speed and slave address
1951 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1952 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1953 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001954
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001955 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1956 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1957 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1958 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1959 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1960 bus.
1961 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
1962 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1963 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1964 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1965 second bus.
1966
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001967 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
1968 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1969 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1970 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1971
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001972 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1973 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1974 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1975 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1976
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001977 additional defines:
1978
1979 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
1980 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
1981 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
1982 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
1983 omit this define.
1984
1985 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1986 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1987 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1988 omit this define.
1989
1990 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1991 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1992 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1993 define.
1994
1995 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
1996 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
1997 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1998 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1999 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2000
2001 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2002 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2003 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2004 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2005 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2006 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2007 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2008 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2009 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2010 }
2011
2012 which defines
2013 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002014 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2015 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2016 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2017 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2018 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002019 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002020 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2021 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002022
2023 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2024
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002025- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002026
2027 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2028 provides the following compelling advantages:
2029
2030 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2031 - approved multibus support
2032 - better i2c mux support
2033
2034 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2035
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002036 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2037 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2038 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002039
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002040 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002041 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002042 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2043 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002044 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002045
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002046 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002047
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002048 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002049 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002051 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002052 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002053 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002054 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002055
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002056 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002057 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002058 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2059 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2060 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002061
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002062 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2063
2064 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2065 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2066 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2067 commands until the slave device responds.
2068
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002069 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002070
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002071 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002072 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2073 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002074
2075 I2C_INIT
2076
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002077 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002078 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002079
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002080 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002081
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002082 I2C_PORT
2083
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002084 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2085 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2086 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002087
2088 I2C_ACTIVE
2089
2090 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2091 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2092 define can be null.
2093
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002094 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002096 I2C_TRISTATE
2097
2098 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2099 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2100 define can be null.
2101
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002102 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104 I2C_READ
2105
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002106 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2107 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002109 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2110
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111 I2C_SDA(bit)
2112
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002113 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2114 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002115
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002116 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002117 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002118 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002119
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120 I2C_SCL(bit)
2121
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002122 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2123 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002124
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002125 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002126 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002127 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002128
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002129 I2C_DELAY
2130
2131 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2132 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002133 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002134 like:
2135
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002136 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002137
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002138 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2139
2140 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2141 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2142 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2143 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2144
2145 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2146 the generic GPIO functions.
2147
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002148 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002149
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002150 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2151 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2152 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2153 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2154 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2155 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2156 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2157 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002158
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002159 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2160
2161 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2162 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2163 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2164 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2165 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2166 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2167 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2168 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2169
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002170 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2171
2172 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2173 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2174 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2175
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002176 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2177
2178 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002179 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2180 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002181 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002183 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002184
2185 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002186 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002187 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2188 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002189
2190 e.g.
2191 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002192 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002193
2194 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2195
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002196 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002197 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002198
2199 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002201 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002202
2203 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2204 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002206 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002207
2208 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2209 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002211 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002212
2213 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2214 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002216 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002217
2218 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2219 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2220 specified DTT device.
2221
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002222 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2223
2224 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2225 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2226 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2227 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2228 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2229 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2230 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002231
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2233
2234 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2235 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2236 D/As on the SACSng board)
2237
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002238 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2239
2240 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2241 only SH7757 is supported.
2242
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002243 CONFIG_SPI_X
2244
2245 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2246 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2247
2248 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2249
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002250 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2251 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2252 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2253 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2254 defined, the board configuration must define several
2255 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2256 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002258 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2259
2260 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2261 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2262 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002263 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002264 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2265
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002266 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2267
2268 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002269 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002270
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002271- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2272
2273 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2274
2275 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2276
2277 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2278 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2279
2280 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2281
2282 Enables support for FPGA family.
2283 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2284
2285 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002287 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002289 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002291 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002293 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002294
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002295 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2296 status by the configuration function. This option
2297 will require a board or device specific function to
2298 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299
2300 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2301
2302 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2303 configuration driver.
2304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002305 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002306 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002308 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002310 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2311 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2312 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2313 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002315 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002317 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2318 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2319 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002320 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002322 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002323
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002324 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002325 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002327 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002328
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002329 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002330 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331
2332- Configuration Management:
2333 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2334
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002335 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2336 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002337
2338- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2339
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002340 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2341 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002342 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002343 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2344 protects these variables from casual modification by
2345 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2346 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002347 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002348
2349 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2350 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002351 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352 these parameters.
2353
2354 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2355 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002356 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002357 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2358 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2359 read-only.]
2360
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002361 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2362 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2363 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2364 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2365
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002366- Protected RAM:
2367 CONFIG_PRAM
2368
2369 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2370 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2371 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2372 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2373 this default value by defining an environment
2374 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2375 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2376 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2377 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2378 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2379 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2380 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2381
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002382 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383 saveenv
2384
2385 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2386 either, which results in a memory region that will
2387 not be affected by reboots.
2388
2389 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2390 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2391 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2392 following board configurations are known to be
2393 "pRAM-clean":
2394
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002395 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2396 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002397 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002399- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2400 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2401 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2402 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2403 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2404 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2405 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2406
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407- Error Recovery:
2408 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2409
2410 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2411 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2412 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002413 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002414 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2415 useful during development since you can try to debug
2416 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2417
2418 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2419
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002420 This variable defines the number of retries for
2421 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2422 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2423 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002425 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2426
2427 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2428
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002429 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2430
2431 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2432 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2433 try longer timeout such as
2434 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2435
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002436- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002437 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002438
2439 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2440
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002441 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2442 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002443
2444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002445 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002446
2447 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2448 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2449 powerful command line syntax like
2450 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2451 constructs ("shell scripts").
2452
2453 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2454 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2455
2456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002457 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002458
2459 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2460 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2461 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2462
2463 Note:
2464
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002465 In the current implementation, the local variables
2466 space and global environment variables space are
2467 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2468 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2469 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2470 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2471 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002472
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002473 Global environment variables are those you use
2474 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2475 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2476 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002477
2478 To store commands and special characters in a
2479 variable, please use double quotation marks
2480 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2481 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2482 symbols.
2483
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002484- Commandline Editing and History:
2485 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2486
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002487 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002488 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002489
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002490- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002491 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2492
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002493 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2494 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002495 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002496
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002497 For example, place something like this in your
2498 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
2500 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2501 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2502 "myvar2=value2\0"
2503
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002504 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2505 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2506 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2507 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002508 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509 You better know what you are doing here.
2510
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002511 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2512 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002513 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002514 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002515
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002516 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2517
2518 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2519 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2520 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2521
2522 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2523
2524 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2525 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2526 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2527 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2528 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2529
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002530 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2531
2532 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2533 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2534 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2535
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002536 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2537
2538 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2539 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2540 that so that the environment is not available until
2541 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2542 this is instead controlled by the value of
2543 /config/load-environment.
2544
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002545- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002546 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2547
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002548 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2549 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2550 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002551
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002552- Serial Flash support
2553 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2554
2555 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2556 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2557
2558 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2559 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2560 commands.
2561
2562 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2563 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2564 flash is present on the system.
2565
2566 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2567 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2568 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2569 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2570
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002571 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2572
2573 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2574 test ('sf test').
2575
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302576 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2577
2578 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2579 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2580
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002581- SystemACE Support:
2582 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2583
2584 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2585 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002586 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002587 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002588
2589 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002590 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002591
2592 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2593 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2594
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002595- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2596 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2597
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002598 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002599 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002600 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002601 number generator is used.
2602
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002603 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2604 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2605 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2606
2607 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002608 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2609 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2610 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2611 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2612 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2613 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2614
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002615- Hashing support:
2616 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2617
2618 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2619 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2620
2621 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2622
2623 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2624 size a little.
2625
2626 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2627 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2628
2629 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2630 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2631
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002632- Signing support:
2633 CONFIG_RSA
2634
2635 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2636 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2637
2638 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2639 option.
2640
2641
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002642- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002643 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2644
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002645 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2646 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2647 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2648 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2649 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2650 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002652- Detailed boot stage timing
2653 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2654 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2655 of the boot process.
2656
2657 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2658 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2659 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2660 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2661 the limit, recording will stop.
2662
2663 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2664 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2665
2666 Timer summary in microseconds:
2667 Mark Elapsed Stage
2668 0 0 reset
2669 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2670 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2671 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2672 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2673 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2674 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2675 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2676
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002677 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2678 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2679 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2680
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002681 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2682 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2683 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2684 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2685 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2686 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2687 For example:
2688
2689 bootstage {
2690 154 {
2691 name = "board_init_f";
2692 mark = <3575678>;
2693 };
2694 170 {
2695 name = "lcd";
2696 accum = <33482>;
2697 };
2698 };
2699
2700 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2701
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002702Legacy uImage format:
2703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704 Arg Where When
2705 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002706 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002708 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002710 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2712 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2713 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002714 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002715 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2716 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2717 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2718 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002719 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002720 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002721
2722 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2723 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2724 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2725 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2726 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2727 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2728 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002729 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002730 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2731 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2732
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002733 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002734
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002735 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002736 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2737 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002738
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002739 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2740 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2741 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2742 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2743 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2744 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2745 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2746 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2747 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2748 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2749 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2750 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2751 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2752 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2753 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2754 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2755 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2756 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2757 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2758 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2759 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2760 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2761 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2762 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2763 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2764 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2765 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2766 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2767 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2768 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2769 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2770 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2771 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2772 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2773 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2774 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2775 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2776 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2777 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2778 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2779 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2780 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2781 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2782 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2783 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2784 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2785 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002787 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002789 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002790 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2791 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002792
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002793 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2794 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002795 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002796 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2797 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2798 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002799 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2800 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002801 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002803FIT uImage format:
2804
2805 Arg Where When
2806 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2807 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2808 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2809 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2810 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2811 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002812 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002813 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2814 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2815 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2816 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2817 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002818 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2819 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002820 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2821 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2822 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2823 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2824 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2825 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2826 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2827 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2828
2829 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2830 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2831 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002832 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002833 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2834 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2835 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2836 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2837 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2838 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2839 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2840 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2841 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2842 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2843 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2844 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2845
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002846 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002847 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2848
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002849 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002850 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2851
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002852 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002853 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2854
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002855- FIT image support:
2856 CONFIG_FIT
2857 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2858
2859 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2860 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2861 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2862 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2863 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2864 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2865
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002866 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2867 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2868 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2869 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2870
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002871- Standalone program support:
2872 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2873
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002874 This option defines a board specific value for the
2875 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2876 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002877 settings.
2878
2879- Frame Buffer Address:
2880 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2881
2882 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002883 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2884 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2885 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2886 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2887 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2888 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2889 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002890
2891 Please see board_init_f function.
2892
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002893- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2894 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2895 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2896 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2897
2898 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2899 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2900
2901- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2902 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2903
2904 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2905 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2906
2907 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2908
2909 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2910 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2911
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002912- UBI support
2913 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2914
2915 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2916 with the UBI flash translation layer
2917
2918 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2919
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002920 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2921
2922 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2923 warnings and errors enabled.
2924
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002925- UBIFS support
2926 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2927
2928 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2929 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2930
2931 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2932
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002933 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2934
2935 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2936 warnings and errors enabled.
2937
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002938- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002939 CONFIG_SPL
2940 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002941
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002942 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2943 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2944
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002945 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2946 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2947 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2948 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002949 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002950 must not be both defined at the same time.
2951
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002952 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002953 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2954 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2955 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2956 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002957
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002958 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2959 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002960
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002961 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2962 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2963 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2964
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002965 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2966 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2967
2968 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002969 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2970 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2971 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002972 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002973 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002974
2975 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2976 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2977
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002978 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2979 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2980 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2981 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2982
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002983 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2984 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2985
2986 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2987 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002988
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002989 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2990 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2991 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2992 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2993
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002994 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2995 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2996 about the running system.
2997
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002998 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2999 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3000
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003001 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3002 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003003
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003004 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3005 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003006
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003007 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3008 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003009
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003010 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3011 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003012
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003013 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3014 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003015
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003016 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3017 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3018 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3019 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3020 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3021
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003022 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3023 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3024 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3025
3026 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3027 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3028 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3029 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3030 (for falcon mode)
3031
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003032 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3033 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3034
3035 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3036 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3037
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003038 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3039 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3040 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3041
3042 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3043 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3044 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3045
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003046 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3047 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3048 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3049 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3050 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3051
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003052 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3053 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3054 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3055
3056 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3057 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3058
3059 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3060 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3061
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003062 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003063 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3064 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003065
3066 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3067 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3068 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3069 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3070 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3071 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003072 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003073
3074 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003075 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3076
3077 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3078 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3079
3080 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3081 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003082
3083 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003084 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003085
3086 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3087 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3088 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3089
3090 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3091 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3092 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3093
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003094 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3095 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003096
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003097 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3098 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003099
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003100 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3101 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003102
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003103 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3104 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3105
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003106 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3107 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003108
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003109 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3110 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3111
3112 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3113 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3114 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3115 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3116
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003117 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003118 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3119 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3120 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3121 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3122 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003123
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003124 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3125 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3126 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3127 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3128
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003129 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3130 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3131 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3132 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3133 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3134
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003135Modem Support:
3136--------------
3137
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003138[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003140- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3142
3143- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3144 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3145
3146- Modem debug support:
3147 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3148
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003149 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3150 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003151
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003152- Interrupt support (PPC):
3153
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003154 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3155 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003156 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003157 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003158 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003159 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003160 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003161 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3162 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3163 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003164
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003165- General:
3166
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003167 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3168 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3169 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003170 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003171 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3172 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3173 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003174
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003175 If there are no modem init strings in the
3176 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3177 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003178 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003179
3180 See also: doc/README.Modem
3181
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003182Board initialization settings:
3183------------------------------
3184
3185During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3186to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3187before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3188following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3189architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3190typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3191
3192- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3193- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3194- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3195- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003197Configuration Settings:
3198-----------------------
3199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003200- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003201 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3202
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003203- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3204 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003206- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003207 prompt for user input.
3208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003209- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003211- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003213- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003215- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3217 booted
3218
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003219- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003220 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003222- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003223 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003225- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003226 If the board specific function
3227 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3228 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003231- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003232 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003234- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003237- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003238 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3239 simple memory test.
3240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003241- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003242 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003244- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003245 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3246 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003248- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3249 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003250 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003251 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003252 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3253 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3254 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003255 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003256 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003257 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003258
3259 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3260 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3261 be touched.
3262
3263 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3264 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3265 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3266 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3267 problems.
3268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003269- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003270 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3271
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003272- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003273 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003275- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003276 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3277 Cogent motherboard)
3278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003279- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003282- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003283 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3284 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003285 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003286 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003288- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003289 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3290 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3291 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3292 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003294- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003295 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003297- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003298 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3299 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003300 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003301 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003303- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003304 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3305 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003306 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3307 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3308 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3309 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003310 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003311 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3312 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3313 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003314
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003315- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3316 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3317 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3318 is enabled.
3319
3320- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3321 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3322 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3323
3324- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3325 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3326 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003328- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003329 Max number of Flash memory banks
3330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003331- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003337- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003338 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003340- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003341 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003343- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003344 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003346- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003347 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3348 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003350- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003351
3352 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3353 without this option such a download has to be
3354 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3355 copy from RAM to flash.
3356
3357 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3358 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003359 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3360 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3362
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003363- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003364 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003365 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003367- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003368 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3369 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003370
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003371- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3372 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3373 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3374 to the MTD layer.
3375
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003376- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003377 Use buffered writes to flash.
3378
3379- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3380 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3381 write commands.
3382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003383- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003384 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3385 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3386 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3387 optionally available.
3388
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003389- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3390 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3391 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3392 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3393
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003394- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3395 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3396 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3397 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3398 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3399 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3400 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3401 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003403- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003404 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3405 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003406 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3407 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003408 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003409 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3410
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003411- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3412
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003413 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3414 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3415 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3416 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3417 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003418
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003419- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3420- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3421 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3422 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3423 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3424 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3425
3426 The format of the list is:
3427 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003428 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3429 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003430 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3431 list = entry[,list]
3432
3433 The type attributes are:
3434 s - String (default)
3435 d - Decimal
3436 x - Hexadecimal
3437 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3438 i - IP address
3439 m - MAC address
3440
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003441 The access attributes are:
3442 a - Any (default)
3443 r - Read-only
3444 o - Write-once
3445 c - Change-default
3446
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003447 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3448 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3449 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3450
3451 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3452 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3453 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3454 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3455 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3456 ".flags" variable.
3457
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003458- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3459 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3460 access flags.
3461
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003462- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3463 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3464 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3465 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3466 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3467 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3468 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3469 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3470 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3471
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003472- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3473 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3474 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3475 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3476 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3477
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003478- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3479 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3480 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3481 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003482
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3484of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3485following configurations:
3486
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003487- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3488
3489 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3490 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003492- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493
3494 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3495
3496 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3497 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3498 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3499 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3500 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3501 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3502 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3503 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3504 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3505 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3506 between U-Boot and the environment.
3507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003508 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003509
3510 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3511 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3512 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3513 for this sector is given here.
3514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003515 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003517 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518
3519 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3520 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003521 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003523 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524
3525 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3526
3527
3528 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3529 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3530 the environment.
3531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003532 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003534 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003535 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3537 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3538
3539 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3540 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3541 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3542 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3543 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3544 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3545 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3546 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3547 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003549 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3550 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003551
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003552 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003553 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003554 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003555 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
3557BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3558source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3559accordingly!
3560
3561
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003562- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003563
3564 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3565 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3566 environment.
3567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003568 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3569 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003571 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003572 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3573 can just be read and written to, without any special
3574 provision.
3575
3576BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3577in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003578console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579U-Boot will hang.
3580
3581Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3582environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3583keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3584to save the current settings.
3585
3586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003587- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
3589 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3590 device and a driver for it.
3591
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003592 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3593 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594
3595 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3596 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003598 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003599 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3600 The default address is zero.
3601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003602 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003603 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3604 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3605 would require six bits.
3606
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003607 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003609 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003611 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3613 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3614
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003615 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003616 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3617 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3618 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3619 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3620 byte chips.
3621
3622 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3623 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3624 in the chip address.
3625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003626 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003627 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3628
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003629 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3630 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3631 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3632
3633 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3634 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3635 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3636 EEPROM. For example:
3637
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003638 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003639
3640 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3641 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003642
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003643- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003644
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003645 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003646 want to use for the environment.
3647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003648 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3649 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3650 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003651
3652 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3653 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3654 at the specified address.
3655
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003656- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3657
3658 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3659 want to use for the local device's environment.
3660
3661 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3662 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3663
3664 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3665 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3666 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003667 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003668
3669BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3670"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003671environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3672but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003674- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003675
3676 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3677 for the environment.
3678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003679 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3680 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003681
3682 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003683 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3684 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003685
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003686 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003687
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003688 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003689 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3690 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003691 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003692 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003693
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003694 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3695
3696 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3697 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3698 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3699 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3700 the range to be avoided.
3701
3702 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3703
3704 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3705 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3706 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3707 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3708 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003709
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003710- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3711
3712 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3713 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3714 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3715
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003716- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3717
3718 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3719 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3720 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3721
3722 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3723
3724 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3725
3726 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3727
3728 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3729 environment in.
3730
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003731 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3732
3733 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3734 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3735 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3736
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003737 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3738 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3739
3740 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3741 when storing the env in UBI.
3742
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003743- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3744
3745 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3746 environment.
3747
3748 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3749
3750 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3751
3752 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3753
3754 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3755 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3756 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3757
3758 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3759 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3760
3761 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3762 area within the specified MMC device.
3763
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003764 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3765 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3766 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3767 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3768 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3769 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3770 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3771
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003772 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3773 MMC sector boundary.
3774
3775 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3776
3777 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3778 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3779 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3780 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3781
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003782 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3783 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3784
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003785 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3786 an MMC sector boundary.
3787
3788 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3789
3790 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3791 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3792 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003794- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
3796 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3797 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3798 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3799 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3800 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3801 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3802 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3803
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003804Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003805has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003806created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807until then to read environment variables.
3808
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003809The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3810is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3811with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3812necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3813"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3814have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815
3816Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3817the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003818use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003820- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003821 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003823 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003824 also needs to be defined.
3825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003826- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003827 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003829- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3830 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3831 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3832 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3833 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3834 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3835
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003836- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3837 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3838 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3839 to do this.
3840
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003841- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3842 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3843 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3844 present.
3845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003847---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003852- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003854
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003855 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3856 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3857 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003859- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3860 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3861 PowerPC SOCs.
3862
3863- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3864 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3865 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3866
3867 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3868 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3869
3870- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3871 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3872 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003873 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003874 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3875 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3876 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3877
3878 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3879 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3880
3881- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003882 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3883 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003884 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3885 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3886
3887- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3888 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3889 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3890 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3891
3892- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3893 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3894 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3895
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003896- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003897 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003898
3899 the default drive number (default value 0)
3900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003901 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003902
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003903 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003904 (default value 1)
3905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003906 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003907
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003908 defines the offset of register from address. It
3909 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003910 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003912 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3913 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003914 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003917 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3918 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3919 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3920 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003921
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003922- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3923 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3924 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3925 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3926 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3927 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3928 is requierd.
3929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003930- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003931 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003932 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003934- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003935
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003936 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003937 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3938 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3939 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3940 will become available only after programming the
3941 memory controller and running certain initialization
3942 sequences.
3943
3944 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3945 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3946 - MPC824X: data cache
3947 - PPC4xx: data cache
3948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003949- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
3951 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003952 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3953 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003955 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003956 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3957 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3958 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
3960 Note:
3961 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3962 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003963 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3965 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003969- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003971- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003973- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003975- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003977- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003979- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003980 SDRAM timing
3981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003982- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983 periodic timer for refresh
3984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003985- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003987- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3988 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3989 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3990 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3992
3993- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003994 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3995 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003996 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003998- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3999 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4001 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004003- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004004 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4005 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004007- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004008 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4009 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004011- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4013 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004015- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4017 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4018 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004020- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004021 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4022 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4023 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4024 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004026- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4027 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4028 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4029 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4030 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4031 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4032 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4033 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004034 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004035
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004036- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4037 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4038 required.
4039
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004040- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4041 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4042 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4043 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4044 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4045 by coreboot or similar.
4046
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004047- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4048 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4049
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004050- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4051 Chip has SRIO or not
4052
4053- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4054 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4055
4056- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4057 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4058
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004059- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4060 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4061
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004062- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4063 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4064
4065- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4066 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4067
4068- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4069 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4070
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004071- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4072 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4073 a 16 bit bus.
4074 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004075 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004076 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004077 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004078
4079- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4080 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4081 a default value will be used.
4082
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004083- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004084 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4085 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4086
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004087 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4088 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004090- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004091 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4092 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4093 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004094
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004095- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4096 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4097 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4098 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4099 header files or board specific files.
4100
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004101- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4102 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004104- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004105 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4106 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004107
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004108- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4109 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4110
4111- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4112 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004113 to the given FEC; i. e.
4114 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004115 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4116
4117 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4118
4119- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4120 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4121 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4122
4123- CONFIG_RMII
4124 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4125 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4126 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4127
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004128- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4129 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4130 The syntax is:
4131
4132 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4133
4134 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4135 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4136 area should have.
4137
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004138- CONFIG_LOOPW
4139 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004140 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004141
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004142- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4143 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4144 "md/mw" commands.
4145 Examples:
4146
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004147 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004148 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4149
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004150 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004151 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4152
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004153 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004154 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004155
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004156- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004157 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004158 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4159 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4160 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004161
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004162 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4163 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4164 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4165 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004166
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004167- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004168 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4169 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4170 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004171
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004172- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4173 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4174 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4175 previous 4k of the .text section.
4176
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004177- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4178 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4179 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4180 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4181 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4182 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4183 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4184 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4185
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004186- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4187 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4188 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4189 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4190 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4191
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004192- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4193 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4194 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004195
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004196- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4197 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4198
4199 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004200
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004201Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4202-----------------------------------
4203
4204The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4205loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4206This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4207are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4208within that device.
4209
4210- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4211 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4212 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4213 is also specified.
4214
4215- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4216 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4217 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4218 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4219 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4220
4221- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4222 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4223 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4224 virtual address in NOR flash.
4225
4226- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4227 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4228 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4229
4230- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4231 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4232 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4233
4234- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4235 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4236 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4237
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004238- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4239 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4240 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004241 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4242 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4243 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245Building the Software:
4246======================
4247
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004248Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4249and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4250all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4251(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4252recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4253which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004255If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4256have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4257you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4258Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4259necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004261 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4262 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004264Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4265 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4266 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4267 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4268
4269 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4270
4271 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4272 be executed on computers running Windows.
4273
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004274U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4275sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276is done by typing:
4277
4278 make NAME_config
4279
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004280where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004281rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004283Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4284 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4285 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4286 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004287 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289 make TQM823L_config
4290 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4293 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004295 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004298Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4299images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4302- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4303- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004305By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4306in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4307this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4308
43091. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4310
4311 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4312 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4313 make O=/tmp/build all
4314
43152. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4316
4317 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4318 make distclean
4319 make NAME_config
4320 make all
4321
4322Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4323variable.
4324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4327for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4328native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004329
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004331If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4332to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4333steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043351. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004336 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4337 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043382. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4339 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4340 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
43413. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4342 your board
43433. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4344 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
43454. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
43465. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4347 to be installed on your target system.
43486. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4349 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004352Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4353==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004355If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4356or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004357provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4358the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004359official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004361But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4362cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004363the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4364just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004365for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4366select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4367environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4368you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004370 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004374 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004375
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004376When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4377U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4378setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4379built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4380<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4381location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4382variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004383
4384 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4385 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4386 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4387
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004388With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4389log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4390during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004391
4392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396Monitor Commands - Overview:
4397============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004399go - start application at address 'addr'
4400run - run commands in an environment variable
4401bootm - boot application image from memory
4402bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004403bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004404tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4405 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4406 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004407tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4409diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4410loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4411loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4412md - memory display
4413mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4414nm - memory modify (constant address)
4415mw - memory write (fill)
4416cp - memory copy
4417cmp - memory compare
4418crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004419i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420sspi - SPI utility commands
4421base - print or set address offset
4422printenv- print environment variables
4423setenv - set environment variables
4424saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4425protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4426erase - erase FLASH memory
4427flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004428nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004429bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4430iminfo - print header information for application image
4431coninfo - print console devices and informations
4432ide - IDE sub-system
4433loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004434loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004435mtest - simple RAM test
4436icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4437dcache - enable or disable data cache
4438reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4439echo - echo args to console
4440version - print monitor version
4441help - print online help
4442? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004443
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004445Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4446========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004448TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
4452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004453Environment Variables:
4454======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004456U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4457can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4460"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4461without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4462environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4463working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4464environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004466Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4467
4468List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004472 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004474 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004476 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004478 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004480 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4481 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4482 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4483 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4484 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4485 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004486 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4487 bootm_mapsize.
4488
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004489 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004490 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4491 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4492 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4493 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4494 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4495 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004496
4497 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4498 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4499 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4500 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4501 environment variable.
4502
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004503 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4504 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4505 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4508 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4509 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4510 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4513 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4514 be automatically started (by internally calling
4515 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004517 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4518 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4519 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4520 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4521 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004522
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004523 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4524 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004525 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4526 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4527 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4528 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4529 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4530 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4531 access it during the boot procedure.
4532
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004533 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4534 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4535 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4536 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4537 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4538 must be accessible by the kernel.
4539
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004540 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4541 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4542 defined.
4543
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004544 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4545 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4546 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4547 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4548 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4551 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4552 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4553 is usually what you want since it allows for
4554 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4555 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004556 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4558 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4559 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4560 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004562 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4563 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4564 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4565 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4566 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4567 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4572 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4573 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4574 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4575 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4576 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4577 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4582 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004588 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004594 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004595
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004596 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4597 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004599 => setenv ethact FEC
4600 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4601 => setenv ethact SCC
4602 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004604 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4605 available network interfaces.
4606 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4607
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004608 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004609 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4610 When set to "once" the network operation will
4611 fail when all the available network interfaces
4612 are tried once without success.
4613 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4614 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004616 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004617
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004618 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004619 UDP source port.
4620
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004621 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4622 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4623
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004624 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4625 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4626
4627 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4628 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4629 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4630 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4631 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4632 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4633 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4634
4635 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004636 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004638
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004639The following image location variables contain the location of images
4640used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4641not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4642variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4643server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4644loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4645flash or offset in NAND flash.
4646
4647*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4648boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4649boards use these variables for other purposes.
4650
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004651Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4652----- --------- ----------- --------------
4653u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4654Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4655device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4656ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4659updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4660depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662 bootfile - see above
4663 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4664 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4665 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4666 hostname - Target hostname
4667 ipaddr - see above
4668 netmask - Subnet Mask
4669 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4670 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004671
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4676 as type string and/or serial number
4677 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4680the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4681once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
4683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004684Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4687 with the "version" command. This variable is
4688 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4692only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004694
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004695Callback functions for environment variables:
4696---------------------------------------------
4697
4698For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4699when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4700be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4701deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4702effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4703
4704The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4705U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4706
4707These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4708static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4709in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4710associations. The list must be in the following format:
4711
4712 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4713 list = entry[,list]
4714
4715If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4716Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4717
4718Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4719with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4720override any association in the static list. You can define
4721CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4722".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4723
4724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725Command Line Parsing:
4726=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4729the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731Old, simple command line parser:
4732--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4735- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004736- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4738 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004739 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4741 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743Hush shell:
4744-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4747 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4748 until...do...done, ...
4749- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4750 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4751 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4752 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754General rules:
4755--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004757(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4758 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4759 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4760 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004763 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4765 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4768=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004769
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004770Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4772"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4775MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4776"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4779in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4780ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4781variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4784 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4787 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4788 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4791 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4794 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4795 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4798 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004800If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004801will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004802may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4803The naming convention is as follows:
4804"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806Image Formats:
4807==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004809U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4810images in two formats:
4811
4812New uImage format (FIT)
4813-----------------------
4814
4815Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4816to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4817components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4818SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4819
4820
4821Old uImage format
4822-----------------
4823
4824Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4825preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4826details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4829 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004830 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4831 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4832 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004833* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004834 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4835 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4837* Load Address
4838* Entry Point
4839* Image Name
4840* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4843and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4844CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847Linux Support:
4848==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4851easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4852U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4855special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4856"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4857instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4858serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004860- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4861 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4862 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4865 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4868 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4869 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4870 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4871 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4872 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875Linux HOWTO:
4876============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4879---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004881U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4882configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4883(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4884Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004885
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004886But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004888Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4889include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004890Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4891and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004892as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004895Configuring the Linux kernel:
4896-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4899device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902Building a Linux Image:
4903-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4906not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4907"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4908U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4909which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4910100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004912Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 make TQM850L_config
4915 make oldconfig
4916 make dep
4917 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4920encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4921CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4928 -R .note -R .comment \
4929 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4938 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4939 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004940
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4943with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4944combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4945byte header containing information about target architecture,
4946operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4947stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4950print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4953contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4954checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956 tools/mkimage -l image
4957 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4960from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4963 -n name -d data_file image
4964 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4965 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4966 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4967 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4968 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4969 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4970 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4971 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004972
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004973Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4974address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4975kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4978- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4983 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004984 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4986 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4987 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4988 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4989 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4990 Load Address: 0x00000000
4991 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4996 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4997 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4998 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4999 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5000 Load Address: 0x00000000
5001 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5004speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5005needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5006need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005008 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5010 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005011 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5013 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5014 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5015 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5016 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5017 Load Address: 0x00000000
5018 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5022when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5025 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5026 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5027 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5028 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5029 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5030 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5031 Load Address: 0x00000000
5032 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005033
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Installing a Linux Image:
5036-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5039you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5044image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5045address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5046specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5047command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5050TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054 .......... done
5055 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005057 => loads 40100000
5058 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5059 ~>examples/image.srec
5060 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5061 ...
5062 15989 15990 15991 15992
5063 [file transfer complete]
5064 [connected]
5065 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
5067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005069this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5075 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5076 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5077 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5078 Load Address: 00000000
5079 Entry Point: 0000000c
5080 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005081
5082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083Boot Linux:
5084-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5087memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5088of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5089parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5090"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
5092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093 => printenv bootargs
5094 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098 => printenv bootargs
5099 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005101 => bootm 40020000
5102 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5103 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5104 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5105 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5106 Load Address: 00000000
5107 Entry Point: 0000000c
5108 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5109 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5110 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5111 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5112 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5113 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5114 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5115 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005117If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5119format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5124 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5125 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5126 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5127 Load Address: 00000000
5128 Entry Point: 0000000c
5129 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5132 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5133 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5134 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5135 Load Address: 00000000
5136 Entry Point: 00000000
5137 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005138
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005139 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5140 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5141 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5142 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5143 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5144 Load Address: 00000000
5145 Entry Point: 0000000c
5146 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5147 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5148 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5149 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5150 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5151 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5152 Load Address: 00000000
5153 Entry Point: 00000000
5154 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5155 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5156 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5157 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5158 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5159 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5160 ...
5161 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5162 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005166Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5167-----------
5168
5169First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5170titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5171following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5172flat device tree:
5173
5174=> print oftaddr
5175oftaddr=0x300000
5176=> print oft
5177oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5178=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5179Speed: 1000, full duplex
5180Using TSEC0 device
5181TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5182Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5183Load address: 0x300000
5184Loading: #
5185done
5186Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5187=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5188Speed: 1000, full duplex
5189Using TSEC0 device
5190TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5191Filename 'uImage'.
5192Load address: 0x200000
5193Loading:############
5194done
5195Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5196=> print loadaddr
5197loadaddr=200000
5198=> print oftaddr
5199oftaddr=0x300000
5200=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5201## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005202 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5203 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5204 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005205 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005206 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005207 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5208 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5209Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5210Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5211Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5212[snip]
5213
5214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215More About U-Boot Image Types:
5216------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005220 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5221 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5222 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5223 the Standalone Program.
5224 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5225 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5226 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5227 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5228 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5229 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5230 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5231 being started.
5232 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5233 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5234 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5235 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5236 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5237 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5240 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5241 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5242 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5243 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5244 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5247 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5248 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5251 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5252 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5253 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005254
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005255Booting the Linux zImage:
5256-------------------------
5257
5258On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5259using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5260as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5261
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005262Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005263kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5264address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5265format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5266
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268Standalone HOWTO:
5269=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5272run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5273U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005275Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005277"Hello World" Demo:
5278-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5281application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5282It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5283like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285 => loads
5286 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5287 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5288 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5289 [file transfer complete]
5290 [connected]
5291 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5294 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5295 Hello World
5296 argc = 7
5297 argv[0] = "40004"
5298 argv[1] = "Hello"
5299 argv[2] = "World!"
5300 argv[3] = "This"
5301 argv[4] = "is"
5302 argv[5] = "a"
5303 argv[6] = "test."
5304 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5305 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5310handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5311Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5312The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5313character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5314controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5317 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5318 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5319 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321 => loads
5322 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5323 ~>examples/timer.srec
5324 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5325 [file transfer complete]
5326 [connected]
5327 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329 => go 40004
5330 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5331 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5332 Using timer 1
5333 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335Hit 'b':
5336 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5337 Enabling timer
5338Hit '?':
5339 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5340 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5341Hit '?':
5342 [q, b, e, ?] .
5343 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5344Hit '?':
5345 [q, b, e, ?] .
5346 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5347Hit '?':
5348 [q, b, e, ?] .
5349 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5350Hit 'e':
5351 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5352Hit 'q':
5353 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005354
5355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356Minicom warning:
5357================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005359Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5360"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5361consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5362Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5363especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005364use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5365http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5366for help with kermit.
5367
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5370configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5373 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5374 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005375
5376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377NetBSD Notes:
5378=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5381(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5384NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5385need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5386Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5387attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5388missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005390 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5391 # mkdir powerpc
5392 # ln -s powerpc machine
5393 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5394 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5397and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5400stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5401proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5402tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005403meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
5405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406Implementation Internals:
5407=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5410implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5411inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5412hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005413
5414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415Initial Stack, Global Data:
5416---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005418The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5419starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5420system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5421This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5422is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5423at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5424options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5425models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5426MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5427locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005429 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005430 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5433 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5434 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5435 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5438 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5439 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5440 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5441 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005442 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5444 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5447 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005448 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5450 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5451 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5452 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005453
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005454 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5456 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005457 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5459 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5460 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5461 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5462 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464 -Chris Hallinan
5465 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5468code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005470* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5471 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005472
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005473* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5475 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5478 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5481normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5482turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5483simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5484functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5485functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5486the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5487place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5488reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005490When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5491relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5492GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005494For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5495 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005496 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5498 R5-R10: parameter passing
5499 R13: small data area pointer
5500 R30: GOT pointer
5501 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005502
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005503 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5504 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5505 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005507 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5510 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5511 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5512 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5513 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5514 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005516On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005517 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5518
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005519 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523 R0: function argument word/integer result
5524 R1-R3: function argument word
5525 R9: GOT pointer
5526 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5527 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5528 R12: temporary workspace
5529 R13: stack pointer
5530 R14: link register
5531 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005534
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005535On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5536 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5537
5538 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5539
5540 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5541 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5542
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005543On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5544
5545 R0-R1: argument/return
5546 R2-R5: argument
5547 R15: temporary register for assembler
5548 R16: trampoline register
5549 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5550 R29: global pointer (GP)
5551 R30: link register (LP)
5552 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5553 PC: program counter (PC)
5554
5555 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5556
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005557NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5558or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560Memory Management:
5561------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5564MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5567controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5568memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5569physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5572TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5573booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5574to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005575memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5577Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5580of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5583this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5586 :
5587 0x0000 1FFF
5588 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5589 :
5590 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592 :
5593 :
5594 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5595 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5596 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5597 :
5598 0x00FD FFFF
5599 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5600 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5601 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5602 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
5604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605System Initialization:
5606----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005609(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5611To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5612To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5613initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5614which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5615part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5616the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5619preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5620(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5621on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5622programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5623simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5624banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5627different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5628bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
56290x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5630contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5633and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5634Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5635pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5638until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5639running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5640new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
5642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005643U-Boot Porting Guide:
5644----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5647list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005648
5649
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005650int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651{
5652 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005654 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5655 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005657 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005658 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659 return 0;
5660 }
5661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662 Download latest U-Boot source;
5663
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005664 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005666 if (clueless)
5667 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669 while (learning) {
5670 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005671 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5672 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005674 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005676
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005677 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5678 Buy a BDI3000;
5679 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005681
5682 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5683 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5684 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5685 } else {
5686 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5687 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005689 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5690 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005692 while (!accepted) {
5693 while (!running) {
5694 do {
5695 Add / modify source code;
5696 } until (compiles);
5697 Debug;
5698 if (clueless)
5699 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5700 }
5701 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5702 if (reasonable critiques)
5703 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5704 else
5705 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708 return 0;
5709}
5710
5711void no_more_time (int sig)
5712{
5713 hire_a_guru();
5714}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005715
5716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717Coding Standards:
5718-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005721coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005722"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005724Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5725MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5726reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5727sources.
5728
5729Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5730Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5731in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732
5733Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5734- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005735- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005736- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005737- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5739
5740Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5741with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005742
5743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744Submitting Patches:
5745-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005747Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5748establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5749may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005751Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005752
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005753Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5754see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5757it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5760 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5761 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005763* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5764 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5767
5768* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5769
5770* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005771 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772
5773* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5774 document these in the README file.
5775
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005776* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5777 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005778 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005779 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5780 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005781
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005782 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5783 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5784 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005786 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5787 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5788 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5789 affected files).
5790
5791 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5792 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793
5794* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5795 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5796
5797* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5798 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5799
5800
5801Notes:
5802
5803* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5804 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5805 for any of the boards.
5806
5807* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5808 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5809 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5810
5811* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5812 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5813 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5814 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5815 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5816 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005817
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005818* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5819 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5820 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5821 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.